How Big Is The Pet Industry? 81 Pet Industry Statistics

by Roman Peysakhovich · December 30th, 2021

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021.

If you're looking for pet industry and ownership statistics, keep reading.

All of the stats on this page are current and up-to-date.

On this page you'll find new pet ownership stats and facts related to:

  • How many people have pets?
  • What percentage of US households own a pet?
  • How many pets does the average person have?
  • What percentage of Americans own dogs?
  • How many households have dogs?
  • Pet industry revenue, size, growth
  • Pet owner demographics
  • A whole lot more

Let’s see some stats and facts!

Key Pet Ownership Statistics and Trends:

  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
  1. The pet industry generated $109.6 billion in revenue in 2021 - up $6 billion from 2020.
  2. More than 50% of people globally have a pet in their home.
  3. 61% of pet owners in the U.S. will pay more for food to target pets' dietary requirements.
  4. Dog owners on average spend $73 a year on their pets' grooming.
  5. The U.S. has 74 million cat owners. China has the second-highest number of cat owners, 53.1 million.
  6. 21% of pet owners spent more money on their pets during COVID-19.
  7. More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.
  8. Less than 50% of Australians don't own pets and this amount is anticipated to decrease even more over the next several decades.
  9. Over $35 billion was spent on pet food in the 2021.
  10. Animals that are kept as pets live much longer than animals in the wild.
  11. Middle Eastern countries have some of the lowest rates of dog ownership when compared to the rest of the world.
  12. The US state with the largest number of dog owners is Wyoming.
  13. Dogs make up almost 75% of the animal population that's kept as pets in the United States.
  14. Millenials account for 32% of the people that own pets today - they own more pets than any other generation.
  15. There exists about 1.6 dogs for every dog owner and 1.8 cats per household with pets.
Chapter 1

Pet Industry Size, Revenue & Growth Statistics

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Overview Of The Pet Industry

Industry Pet
Percent Of World Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Percent Of U.S. Population That Owns Pets More Than 50%
Number Of Cat Owners In The U.S. 74 million
2021 Estimated Revenue $109.6 billion
Money Spent On Pet Food In 2021 $35 billion
U.S. State With The Most Dog Owners Wyoming

How much is the pet industry worth? How much revenue does it generate?

Year Total U.S. Revenue
2021 $109.6 billion
2020 $103.6 billion
2019 $97.1 billion
2018 $90.5 billion
2017 $69.51 billion

Pet Industry Revenue Breakdown

In 2020, the pet industry generated $103.6 billion in revenue. Here's a breakdown:

Category Revenue
Pet Food & Treats $42.0 billion
Live Animals, Supplies & OTC Medicine $22.1 billion
Vet Care & Product Sales $31.4 billion
Other Services $8.1 billion

Consumers spend more on pets with each passing year. The visible result of this is a steadily growing stem of pet products ranging from all categories.

Pet industry profits fall within the categories of money spent on pet supplies, pet food, veterinary care, and animal medical supplies.

With the rise of Covid and its ongoing effect on employment and business development, it might come as a surprise to some that 2021 is forecast to end with the pet industry's profit numbers climbing to $109.3 billion.

Over the past three years, there has been no downturn in its yearly monetary increases.

How much is the pet food industry worth?

Domesticated pets live longer than animals in the wild and require a proper diet of nutritious food to give them the energy they need.

Worldwide, the pet food industry made $93.9 billion in 2019, an increase from 91.1 billion in 2018.

More recent estimates are even higher, with a $108 billion figure reported in 2020 and more expected gains at the end of 2021.

Is the pet food industry growing or shrinking?

Pet food businesses have seen no slowdown over the last thirty years. Since 1994, pet food expenditures went from double to triple digits in expenditures.

And since pet food retains the highest dollar amount of consumer spending related to the pet industry, it's anticipated to make rapid advances in the following decade.

There have been no decreases in consumer spending and more spending is expected in the years to come.

Is the pet food industry competitive?

The Covid pandemic has had a noticeable effect on the economy as a whole, but hardly on the pet industry.

At this time, most nations are in the recovery stage and pet food businesses are booming.

With consumption spending making a comeback from where it was before the pandemic, all trends indicate that more spending on pet food products will be done within the next seven years, with fewer obstructions in supply chains.

Although competition is sure to become more fierce, it'll encourage an uptick in consumer spending as businesses look for more novel ways to attack long-term customers

Who is the largest pet food company?

The pet food industry has a large number of organizations spread throughout the globe. One of the largest of them is Mars Petcare Inc, which is headquartered in the United States.

Since 2019, it has had the largest revenue growth. They've been in business for over 100 years and produce pet food for most animals taken in as pets, including dogs and cats.

Other companies follow closely behind, however. Another is Nestle Purina Petcare. They've taken in approximately $14 billion and until recently, were ahead of Mars.  

Are pet boutiques profitable?

The net profits of small pet businesses are $30,000 and growing. When people think of a boutique, they think small but upscale. This is a niche that's very popular in the pet food industry.

Businesses that operate in this manner are typically small, usually family-owned, or exclusive to only one city. However, that doesn't mean that they're not profitable.

On the contrary, many boutique pet stores maintain very good profit margins.

Their clientele is small but dedicated, though there is a growing demand for pet consumers that prefer shopping at small, locally owned companies within reach of their home.

Many small-scale pet stores take in sales to the tune of nearly half a million dollars annually.

How big is the pet retail industry?

Pet retail takes up a large chunk of the profit and growth within the entirety of pet businesses.

Without it, the industry as a whole wouldn't see the development that it has today. Retail involves stores made to sell consumer pet goods to a customer, both in-person and online.

In the United States, pet retail is the 38th highest in total market size, which is the number of all consumers in the country.

In retail size only the US is about the same, sitting as the 37th largest out of other retail businesses.

What is the pet store industry growth rate?

It may superficially seem that the pet industry would have taken a big hit during the time in which COVID-19 spread throughout the country.

On the contrary, sales have continued in many retail businesses.

Much of this is owed to the time in which the pandemic happened.

A flourish of online activity within retail in all categories has helped growth remain steady with each passing month.

Retail profits have increased by over 25 percent in box stores with a net gain from 40 to 50 percent in the first quarter of the year.

How much do pet store owners make a year?

Pet store owners make $49,000 a year, on average.

What is the future of the pet industry?

For owners, pets are treated as if they're part of the family.

That's why it's not surprising to note that trends forecast exponential growth in the category of pet care. And within this is the technology used for pets and tools used to care for them.

Expect to see more advanced products such as tracking collars capable of monitoring a pet's health and on-the-spot health services to keep owners from making multiple trips to the vet.

The most conspicuous pet industry trend that will be seen by consumers is higher grade technology. Innovations will develop that sync their dog with tech that's commonly used by the owners themselves, such as smartphones.

This isn't expected to have any effect on sales since consumer electronics related to pets tend to drop sharply in price over a short time period.

What are the newest pet industry trends?

With the amount of growth in the pet industry, high-tech medical appliances should become cheaper for owners to use for their pets during scheduled and emergency trips to a veterinarian.

Soon, vets will have the option of assigning medications for owners to provide their pets through an analysis of devices they use daily, such as collar monitors and embedded tracking devices.

Overall, trends will increase the most in the way owners purchase what they need for pets, both online and in brick-and-mortar stores.

Chapter 2

Pet Ownership Statistics

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

How many people have pets?

Here is a breakdown of how many U.S. households own a pet according to APPA.

Dog 69.0 million
Cat 45.3 million
Freshwater Fish 11.8 million
Bird 9.9 million
Small Animal 6.2 million
Reptile 5.7 million
Horse 3.5 million
Saltwater Fish 2.9 million

Pet ownership is commonplace in the United States. Ownership of pets is widespread, common among virtually every demographic and in every state.

The US is in 5th place for worldwide pet ownership in comparison to other nations and the domestication of cat breeds.

Dogs are even higher. It should come as no surprise the man's best friend is the most widespread pet of all, with over 30 percent of people owning at least one dog in their household.

Cats aren't far behind and 23 percent of pet owners have families with felines in their homes.

What percent of the world has pets?

More than 50% of the world owns a pet, whether it be a dog, cat, fish aquarium, a ferret, a small primate, or even insects.

The total number of pet owners has steadily risen thanks to a global standard of living improving in most regions where humans live.

Pets are loved by many, even people without pets in their homes. Worldwide, they're found in virtually every country. Anywhere there are people, there are sure to be pets of some kind.

How many pets does the average person have?

There are about 1.8 cats in every household, over 2 birds for bird owners, and 1.6 dogs for dog owners. In the US, nearly every home can find at least one or two dogs, cats, or birds being kept as pets.

While many households contain only one pet, there are many with pets from different species of animals.

It doesn't stop with dogs and cats, either. And since there are so many species being kept as pets, the exact number in every household changes quite frequently and it is difficult to gauge with total accuracy.

How many people do not have a pet?

Around 25% of the US population doesn't own a pet, though the percentage could decrease as the Millennial population gradually becomes older.

Not everyone owns a pet. Having one today is the same as taking care of a human member of the family.

Pets need attention, love, and lots of care that can turn into pricy expenses, adding up to unexpected figures over a short time period.

However, this isn't the only reason why people without pets don't have them. Many factors could be at play, including pet allergies, bad experiences, and taking up residence in a location that forbids pets.

Which country has the highest rate of pet ownership?

Australia is the country that has the highest rate of pet ownership, with 60% of the population owning at least one pet.

How much has pet ownership increased since COVID?

The Coronavirus has affected the pet industry and how many people own pets. In the US, 10% of the population has been tallied as having introduced a new pet into their households.

That's nearly 4 million people in the country. Keep in mind that this number was taken in the last quarter of the year 2020. Earlier that same year, the percentage in the increase was less than five percent.

Covid-19 has forced many people worldwide to adapt to a different working and living lifestyle, at least temporarily.

When people spend more time in their residence, they often get bored and long for a companion.

What do pet owners spend the most money on?

Pet owners spend the most money on pet food. In 2020, pet owners spent over $35 million on pet food alone. That's an increase of almost 50% from the annual price in pet food expenses one decade ago.

What is the most owned pet in the world?

Although the number of dogs is smaller than the number of other pets, more humans own dogs than any other pet in the world.

This shouldn't be surprising to anyone since dogs have been domesticated by humans for thousands of years.

The seconds highest on the list are cats, which have also been kept as pets for much of the history of human civilization. In third place is fish, which also happens to be a common pet for people without dogs or cats.

Which country has the least dogs?

Dogs are easy to spot in most places where humans reside. But some countries have them in less abundance than others.

Dogs are the least commonly founding place in the Middle East, where they're sometimes seen as animals that are less indoor friendly than cats.

Still, there are households in the Middle Eastern regions that keep dogs as pets, just like any other region on Earth. In any case, countries such as Egypt and Saudi Arabia have fewer than 1 dog for every 1000 citizens.

The regions' climate may also factor into dog ownership since many dogs would be unfit to be kept outdoors at most times of the year.

Other Middle Eastern nations that have low pet ownership populations of dogs are close to Saudi Arabia, though Israel is an exception.

Rates rise in Lebanon and Turkey but dog ownership remains a lower occurrence than cat ownership.

Other GCC nations such as Bahrain and Qatar have few dog owners, though the UAE's large foreign-born population puts it slightly higher than Saudi Arabia.

Chapter 3

U.S. Pet Ownership Statistics

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

What percentage of US households own a pet?

More than 50% of Americans have pets - including dogs, cats, various fish species, hamsters, and some reptiles.

Some Americans treat their pets as members of the household, taking on the family name and all.

There has been a slight increase in pet ownership in America over the last ten years, however.

Are there more cats or dogs in the U.S?

Unlike what's shown in classic cartoons, cats and dogs are usually the mortal enemies they're made out to be.

Given that, many American households own both. However, many still keep them separately.

Over 85 million people in the United States have a cat, with nearly 80 million having dogs under their ownership.

Dogs are slightly more popular than cats, but not by the large margins that are seen in some countries.

There are more dogs than cats, even while most figures don't factor in feral and wild dogs and cats on the street.

What U.S. state has the most dog owners?

You can visit every state in the USA and find dog owners. They're conspicuous, abundant in numbers, and readily available in every US city and state. But some states have more dog owners than others.

The factors that usually determine this are the state's population that lives in areas with a small population density, or fewer big cities.

Wyoming comes out on top, having the most dogs out of every other state. Pet ownership accounts for about 0.72% of the Wyoming population. West Virginia is a close second, with 0.71 percent of the population.

What is the most owned pet in the U.S?

In the United States, some pets are obviously owned more than others. The most owned pet in America is fish, freshwater, to be exact. These include goldfish, Oscars, and even some catfish species.

Americans own about 142 million fish that are dependent on freshwater to survive. Next up are cats.

There are about 88.3 million feline friends throughout America and many have adapted to the climate to a comparable degree of dogs.

Dogs are 74.8 percent of the animal population. Fish tend to be easier to keep than dogs, sometimes serving as a "practice pet" for kids to learn proper care before moving on to larger pets in the future.

Which U.S. city has the most dogs?

The US has a lot of dogs, not only in the household but out in the street.

But as far as households are concerned, there are some cities with a higher affection for K9s than others. The first is Seattle, which has the most dogs for every resident than any other US city.

Out of every 1000 inhabitants, there were nearly 250 people. Miami is close, having about 187 people for every household.

And San Francisco ranks as third with around 139 for every 1000 people. Though not a city, pets in Florida's cities are very common, a fact where the weather and the number of retirees could play a factor into.

Which U.S. city has the least dogs?

Every US city has a dog population. Sometimes this isn't as visible on the street as in other places, such as New York City.

City size tends to correlate to lower dog populations. However, New York is an exception and has approximately half a million dogs and cats.

Rural American areas have higher percentages of people that own dogs.

City dwellings are sometimes stipulated to forbid certain types of pet ownership, which could include dogs.

But for the US city with the lowest dog population, the title goes to Washington, DC. There are also a small number of stars to be seen in the vicinity of the inner Beltway.

Chapter 4

Dog Ownership Statistics

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

What percentage of Americans own dogs?

About 38% of American households own dogs.

Dogs are cheap to acquire and many breeds are available to Americans in every state, either in the cities, suburbs, or rural areas. The percentage accounts for the year 2016, though the number is about the same as of right now.

How many households have dogs?

In America, dog ownership has remained steady over the last ten years, which was high, to begin with.

Today, there are around 38.4 households owning dogs in the United States. As shown in the last section, that's a slight increase in a short period of time, about five years to be exact.

Worldwide, they're also the most popular pet and consist of a percentage of the world population that's only slightly lower than the percentage found in the United States. Dogs are expected to grow in percentage, both around the world and In the US.

Which country has the most dog owners?

Dog ownership is common. Obviously, some countries will see a higher number of dogs in a household.

The countries that are usually higher in dog household populations tend to be places where they're treated more as indoor animals than outside pets.

Still, The United States leads the rest of the world in dog owner count, about 83.3 million.

However, the American's size and population are factors into this, since the United States is the third-largest country by population size. There are also a large number of dog owners in China and India.

What do dog owners buy the most?

Talk to anyone that has a dog in their home and they'll likely say more than one item.

The items purchased by owners for their dogs can vary on an individual level, but when a larger number of people are surveyed, many of the same items are mentioned.

One of them is the treatment for veterinary clinics and pet insurance. But this is hardly the most commonly bought item.

That title goes to pet food, something that's highly sought after and needed more than any other pet item.

Pet food accounts for about 300 dollars a year in pet sales, though it's higher and lower based on individual countries.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a dog?

As with all pets, each has its fair share of costs to the owner. However, they may argue the benefit of having their pet in their life makes the price priceless.

But realistically, most pet owners spend at least 26 dollars a month in general monthly expenses.

This number is usually higher for most, however. The expenses may increase to 75 dollars.

And if things like insurance and the age of the pet are put into the mix, owners tend to pay well over 100 dollars a month on their pet.

Not to mention the cost of dog food, which is oftentimes bought at a premium that's well above the previously mentioned 26 dollars starting amount.

Chapter 5

Cat Ownership Statistics

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

How many cat owners are there?

There are 74 million cat owners in the U.S.

These numbers could fluctuate to a higher number since cats are sometimes kept in abundance for brief time periods, after female pregnancy.

But cats are predicted to maintain a higher percentage total count of pet owner's possession.

How much of the population own cats?

370 million pet cats are spread around the earth. That's about 25% of pet owners worldwide owning cats.

In some places, cats are more commonly found than dogs. The Middle East has a culture that's particularly fond of cats, one of which they've seen in many households in the eastern and central Asian regions.

The percentage of cat ownership has grown in number in many European and North/South American nations since many of the culture's past misconceptions about them have become less commonplace.

What percentage of cat owners have more than one cat?

Likely, anyone that has visited the home of an owner of cats has seen more than one. Cats are social animals, especially within their species and breeds.

They're also social with humans, though can sometimes be less attached to humans, forming their own personal bonds and friendships with other animals and cats in a household.

Cat owners commonly have more than one cat, to the tune of 51 percent. About 41 percent of owners with cats have only one. On the contrary, 59 percent of dog owners have only one canine friend.

Which country has the most cat owners?

The United States comes in first for the most amount of cat owners. But much like dogs, this number is high due to the population of the country as a whole.

With the third-highest population in the world, there are going to be a large number of people present in the country that own a cat, as is the case in nations more populous than America.

China comes in second place. In total, the USA has 74 million cat owners while China numbers 53.1 million. But by the percentages, some countries outrank both China and the US in cats by their percentage.

Are cat owners increasing?

In the past, cat ownership stagnated, seeing few people take up ownership of felines.

But in more recent times, cat ownership has increased, though slightly. The country will change in the years ahead as younger people tend to own more pets overall.

Cats account for slow growth, gaining only a single-digit increase in ownership for more than one year.

Of course, this is larger in some regions than others. Increases in cat ownership could also go higher or lower based on the population of a city's cat population.

What do cat owners buy the most?

In some regards, cats are almost entirely different from dogs. In others, they're basically the same.

But with costs to the consumer, the categories of what's being purchased for them have little to no variation.

Both dogs and cats love food, as do humans and all living animals.

For pet owners to keep their pets happy and in good health, quality food must be purchased. The majority of what cat owners pay for, monthly and annually, is nourishment for their feline companions.

Second, to this is veterinary care and over-the-counter medication.

What is the average monthly cost of owning a cat?

It seems with each passing month, the costs associated with keeping pets healthy increase.

Food prices come and go but may rise year to year. The average monthly cost of keeping a cat is about 58.83 dollars, which is about 634 dollars spent in a year.

As with most estimations, this is a friendly price that could either be higher or lower based on several components.

The region that products are purchased in, whether or not food is bought pre-made or home-cooked, and the costs of veterinary care fluctuate from place to place.

Chapter 6

Pet Owner Demographics/Ownership By Generation

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Pet Ownership By Generation (% Of Current Pet Owners)

Gen Z 14%
Millennial 32%
Gen X 24%
Baby Boomer 27%
Builder 3%

What generation spends the most on pets?

Millennials spend more than any other generation. Still, Older generations are also willing to spend more, with older men and women not falling far behind the young millennial generation.

Americans love their pets, and this is true for all demographics.

Nearly every demographic that's grouped in the US has a significant number of people that are taking care of pets, some of them involving multiple animals and species.

However, the demographic willing to spend the most on pets are the millennials, with Gen Z coming in second.

What age group owns pets?

Pet ownership is popular among everyone, both young, middle-aged, and elderly people alike.

But some age groups have more people with pets than others. In the United States, the younger the generation, the more likely they are to own a pet.

This hits a wall when the age becomes lower than that of a young adult.

Adults entering into their primary adulthood, around the late 20s and early 30s, have much of the pet population in the country. Baby Boomers are directly behind the young adult population in pet ownership.

What gender owns more pets?

Women and men are pet owners, but more men have a slightly higher tendency to own pets.

Still, this doesn't tell the full story. Women are more likely to be cat owners in some instances, at least by a small degree.

Yet in some places, women also own more overall animals than men do, dogs included. Men have higher ownership of dogs than cats but both genders have no wide gaps between ownership.

It's a common cliche that women, particularly older women, love cats. But the truth is that both genders love them almost equally, which can be seen in their numbers of ownership.

What gender spends more on pets?

They're also more likely to spend more money on their pets every month.

Young adults and the elderly are more willing to put down more money for their pets. This includes food, medical care, clothing, and medication.

However, it should be noted that the likelihood of men spending more than women is only higher by a rate of 1.5.

This isn't a large margin and may change over time, or be an outlier on a data set showing timelines on a wider scale.

Which age group spends the most money on their pets?

Millennials take the cake as the demographic most willing to spend large amounts of money on their pets.

It shouldn't be too surprising, since they're also some of the world's primary spenders of many products.

But Baby Boomers are also larger spenders, accounting for the second-highest dollar amount spent on pets.

Millennials are also fond of using tech to make purchases for their animals. Online shopping is a favorite pastime of Millenials and this doesn't change when they purchase items for their pets, including food.

Do millennials own more pets?

Out of all age grounds in the United States, Millenials own more pets than anyone else, including the elderly.

Although a close second, Baby Boomers account for 29 percent of the total amount of pet owners while Millennials account for over 30 percent.

Gen-X also has a high percentage, coming in at 26 percent of the total owning population.

The number of pet owners may increase in the future as Gen-X becomes older and the Millenials move well into adulthood.

If this happens, young adults may see a smaller amount of pet owners in the coming years, unless Gen-Z picks up where the Millenials left off and begin to keep more dogs and cats.

Conclusion

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.

Pet ownership is a joy to people all around the world.

In every location, pet owners will say that the benefit of having a pet companion in their lives completely outweighs the cost.

The pet industry is surely growing as a result of the worldwide love of pet ownership.